blob: 73e760f99ef1fd87f501fef5cba06ba61b18aa48 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreauc82a9e52009-10-12 06:40:53 +02007 2009/10/12
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
344preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100351Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200483 will return various statictics outputs and even allow some commands to be
484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
692bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
727default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200728description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100729disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200730dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100731enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200732errorfile X X X X
733errorloc X X X X
734errorloc302 X X X X
735errorloc303 X X X X
736fullconn X - X X
737grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200738hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100739http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200740id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200741log X X X X
742maxconn X X X -
743mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100744monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200745monitor-net X X X -
746monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100747[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200748[no] option accept-invalid-
749 http-request X X X -
750[no] option accept-invalid-
751 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100752[no] option allbackups X - X X
753[no] option checkcache X - X X
754[no] option clitcpka X X X -
755[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200756[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100757[no] option dontlognull X X X -
758[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200759option forwardfor X X X X
760option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100761[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200762option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200763[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200764[no] option independant-
765 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200766[no] option log-health- X - X X
767 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200768[no] option log-separate-
769 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100770[no] option logasap X X X -
771[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200772option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option persist X - X X
774[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200775option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200776[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100777[no] option splice-auto X X X X
778[no] option splice-request X X X X
779[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100780[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200781option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200782[no] option tcp-smart-
783 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200784[no] option tcp-smart-
785 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200786option tcpka X X X X
787option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100788[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200789persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100790rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200791redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100792redisp X - X X (deprecated)
793redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200794reqadd - X X X
795reqallow - X X X
796reqdel - X X X
797reqdeny - X X X
798reqiallow - X X X
799reqidel - X X X
800reqideny - X X X
801reqipass - X X X
802reqirep - X X X
803reqisetbe - X X X
804reqitarpit - X X X
805reqpass - X X X
806reqrep - X X X
807reqsetbe - X X X
808reqtarpit - X X X
809retries X - X X
810rspadd - X X X
811rspdel - X X X
812rspdeny - X X X
813rspidel - X X X
814rspideny - X X X
815rspirep - X X X
816rsprep - X X X
817server - - X X
818source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100819srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200820stats auth X - X X
821stats enable X - X X
822stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200823stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200824stats scope X - X X
825stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200826stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200827tcp-request content accept - X X -
828tcp-request content reject - X X -
829tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100830timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100831timeout client X X X -
832timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
833timeout connect X - X X
834timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200835timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100836timeout queue X - X X
837timeout server X - X X
838timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100839timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100840transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200841use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200842----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
843keyword defaults frontend listen backend
844
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100845
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008464.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
847---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100848
849This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
850
851
852acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
853 Declare or complete an access list.
854 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
855 no | yes | yes | yes
856 Example:
857 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
858 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
859 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
860
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200861 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100862
863
864appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
865 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
866 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
867 no | no | yes | yes
868 Arguments :
869 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
870 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
871
872 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
873 checked in each cookie value.
874
875 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
876 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
877 milliseconds.
878
879 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
880 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
881 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
882 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
883 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
884 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
885 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
886 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
887 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
888
889 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
890
891 Example :
892 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
893
894 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
895
896
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100897backlog <conns>
898 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
899 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
900 yes | yes | yes | no
901 Arguments :
902 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
903 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
904 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
905
906 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
907 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
908 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
909 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
910 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
911 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
912 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
913 backlog parameter.
914
915 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
916 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
917 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
918
919 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
920
921
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100922balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200923balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100924 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
925 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
926 yes | no | yes | yes
927 Arguments :
928 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
929 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
930 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
931 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
932
933 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
934 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
935 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
936 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200937 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
938 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
939 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
940 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
941 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
942 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
943 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
944 it, so that you don't worry.
945
946 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
947 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
948 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
949 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
950 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
951 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
952 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
953 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100954
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100955 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
956 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
957 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
958 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
959 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
960 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
961 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
962 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
963
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100964 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
965 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
966 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
967 address will always reach the same server as long as no
968 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
969 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
970 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
971 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
972 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
973 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200974 static by default, which means that changing a server's
975 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
976 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100977
978 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
979 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
980 result designates which server will receive the request. This
981 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
982 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
983 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
984 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200985 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
986 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
987 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100988
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200989 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
990 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
991 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
992 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
993 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
994 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
995 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
996 URIs start with a leading "/".
997
998 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
999 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1000 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1001 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1002
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001003 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001004 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1005
1006 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1007 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1008 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1009 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1010 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1011 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1012 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1013 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1014 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1015 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1016 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1017 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1018 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1019 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1020 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1021 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1022 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1023 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1024 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1025 be randomly balanced if at all.
1026
1027 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1028 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1029 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1030 server will receive the request.
1031
1032 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1033 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1034 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1035 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1036 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001037 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1038 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1039 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001040
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001041 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1042 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1043 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
1044 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
1045 algorithm is applied instead.
1046
1047 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
1048 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1049 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1050 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1051
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001052 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1053 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1054 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1055
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001056 rdp-cookie
1057 rdp-cookie(name)
1058 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1059 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1060 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1061 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1062 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1063 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
1064 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
1065 used instead.
1066
1067 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1068 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1069 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1070 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1071
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001072 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1073 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1074 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1075
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001076 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001077 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1078 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001079
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001080 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001081 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001082
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001083 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1084 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1085 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001086
1087 Examples :
1088 balance roundrobin
1089 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001090 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001091 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1092 balance hdr(host)
1093 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001094
1095 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1096 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1097
1098 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
1099 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1100 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1101 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1102 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1103
1104 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1105 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1106 defaults to 16 kB.
1107
1108 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1109 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1110
1111 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1112 Round Robin.
1113
1114 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1115 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1116 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1117 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1118
1119 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1120
1121 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1122 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1123 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1124 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1125 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001126
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001127 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1128 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001129
1130
1131bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001132bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001133bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001134bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001135bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1136bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001137bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer_accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001138 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1139 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1140 no | yes | yes | no
1141 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001142 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1143 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1144 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1145 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1146 special address "0.0.0.0".
1147
1148 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1149 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1150 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001151
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001152 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1153 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1154 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1155 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1156 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1157 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1158 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1159 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1160 privileges.
1161
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001162 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1163 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1164 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1165 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1166 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1167 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1168 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1169 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1170
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001171 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1172 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1173 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1174 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001175
1176 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1177
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001178 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1179 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1180 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1181 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1182 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1183 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1184 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1185 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1186 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001187
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001188 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1189 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1190 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1191 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1192 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1193 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1194 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1195 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1196 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1197 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1198 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1199 with front firewalls which would see an established
1200 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1201
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001202 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1203 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1204 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1205 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1206 in a frontend.
1207
1208 Example :
1209 listen http_proxy
1210 bind :80,:443
1211 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1212
1213 See also : "source".
1214
1215
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001216bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1217 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1218 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1219 yes | yes | yes | yes
1220 Arguments :
1221 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1222 may be used to override a default value.
1223
1224 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1225 option may be combined with other numbers.
1226
1227 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1228 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1229 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1230 missing from all processes.
1231
1232 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1233 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1234 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1235 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1236
1237 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1238 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1239 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1240 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1241 and 'even' instances.
1242
1243 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1244 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1245 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1246 32.
1247
1248 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1249 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1250
1251 Example :
1252 listen app_ip1
1253 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1254 bind_process odd
1255
1256 listen app_ip2
1257 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1258 bind_process even
1259
1260 listen management
1261 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1262 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1263
1264 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1265
1266
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001267block { if | unless } <condition>
1268 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1269 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1270 no | yes | yes | yes
1271
1272 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1273 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001274 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001275 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1276 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1277 "block" statements per instance.
1278
1279 Example:
1280 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1281 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1282 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1283 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1284
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001285 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001286
1287
1288capture cookie <name> len <length>
1289 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1290 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1291 no | yes | yes | no
1292 Arguments :
1293 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1294 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1295 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1296 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1297 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1298
1299 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1300 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1301 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1302 right if it exceeds <length>.
1303
1304 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1305 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1306 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1307 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1308
1309 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1310 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1311 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1312
1313 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1314 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1315 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1316 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1317 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1318 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1319
1320 Example:
1321 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1322
1323 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001324 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001325
1326
1327capture request header <name> len <length>
1328 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1329 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1330 no | yes | yes | no
1331 Arguments :
1332 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001333 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001334 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1335 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1336 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1337
1338 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1339 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1340 it exceeds <length>.
1341
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001342 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001343 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1344 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001345 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1346 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1347 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1348 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1349 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1350 environments to find where the request came from.
1351
1352 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1353 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1354 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1355 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001356
1357 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1358 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1359 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1360 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1361
1362 Example:
1363 capture request header Host len 15
1364 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1365 capture request header Referrer len 15
1366
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001367 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001368 about logging.
1369
1370
1371capture response header <name> len <length>
1372 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1373 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1374 no | yes | yes | no
1375 Arguments :
1376 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001377 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001378 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1379 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1380 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1381
1382 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1383 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1384 it exceeds <length>.
1385
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001386 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001387 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1388 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1389 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001390 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1391 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1392 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1393 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001394
1395 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1396 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1397 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1398 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1399
1400 Example:
1401 capture response header Content-length len 9
1402 capture response header Location len 15
1403
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001404 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001405 about logging.
1406
1407
1408clitimeout <timeout>
1409 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1410 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1411 yes | yes | yes | no
1412 Arguments :
1413 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1414 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1415 as explained at the top of this document.
1416
1417 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1418 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1419 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1420 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1421 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1422 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1423 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1424 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001425 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001426 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1427 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1428
1429 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1430 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1431 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1432 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1433 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1434 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1435
1436 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1437 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1438
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001439 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1440 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001441
1442
1443contimeout <timeout>
1444 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1445 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1446 yes | no | yes | yes
1447 Arguments :
1448 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1449 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1450 as explained at the top of this document.
1451
1452 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001453 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001454 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1455 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1456 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1457 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1458 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1459
1460 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1461 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1462 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1463 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1464 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1465 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1466
1467 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1468 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1469 instead.
1470
1471 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1472 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1473
1474
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001475cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1476 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001477 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1478 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1479 yes | no | yes | yes
1480 Arguments :
1481 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1482 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1483 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1484 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1485 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1486 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1487 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1488 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1489 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1490
1491 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1492 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1493 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1494 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1495 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1496 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1497 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1498 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1499 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1500 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1501 "insert" and "prefix".
1502
1503 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1504 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1505 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1506 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1507 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1508 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1509 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1510 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1511 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1512
1513 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1514 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1515 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1516 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1517 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1518 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1519 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1520 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1521 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1522 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1523 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1524
1525 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1526 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1527 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1528 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1529 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1530 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1531 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1532 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1533 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1534 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1535
1536 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1537 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1538 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1539 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1540 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1541 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1542 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1543 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1544 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1545
1546 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1547 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1548 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1549 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1550 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1551 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1552 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1553 persistence cookie in the cache.
1554 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1555
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001556 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1557 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1558 name.
1559
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001560 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1561 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1562 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1563 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001564
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001565 Examples :
1566 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1567 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1568 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1569
1570 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1571
1572
1573default_backend <backend>
1574 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1575 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1576 yes | yes | yes | no
1577 Arguments :
1578 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1579
1580 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1581 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1582 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1583 will catch all undetermined requests.
1584
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001585 Example :
1586
1587 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1588 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1589 default_backend dynamic
1590
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001591 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1592
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001593
1594disabled
1595 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1596 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1597 yes | yes | yes | yes
1598 Arguments : none
1599
1600 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1601 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1602 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1603 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1604 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1605 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1606 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1607
1608 See also : "enabled"
1609
1610
1611enabled
1612 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1613 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1614 yes | yes | yes | yes
1615 Arguments : none
1616
1617 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1618 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1619
1620 See also : "disabled"
1621
1622
1623errorfile <code> <file>
1624 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1625 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1626 yes | yes | yes | yes
1627 Arguments :
1628 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1629 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1630
1631 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001632 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001633 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001634 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1635 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001636
1637 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1638 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1639 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1640
1641 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1642 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1643 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1644 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1645
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001646 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1647 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1648 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1649 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1650 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1651 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1652
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001653 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1654 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1655 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001656 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001657 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1658
1659 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1660
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001661 Example :
1662 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1663 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1664 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1665
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001666
1667errorloc <code> <url>
1668errorloc302 <code> <url>
1669 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1670 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1671 yes | yes | yes | yes
1672 Arguments :
1673 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1674 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1675
1676 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1677 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1678 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1679 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1680 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1681
1682 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1683 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1684 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1685
1686 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1687 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1688 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1689 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1690 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1691 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1692 request.
1693
1694 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1695
1696
1697errorloc303 <code> <url>
1698 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1699 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1700 yes | yes | yes | yes
1701 Arguments :
1702 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1703 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1704
1705 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1706 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1707 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1708 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1709 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1710
1711 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1712 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1713 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1714
1715 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1716 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1717 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1718 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001719 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001720
1721 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1722
1723
1724fullconn <conns>
1725 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1726 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1727 yes | no | yes | yes
1728 Arguments :
1729 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1730 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1731
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001732 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001733 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001734 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001735 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1736 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1737 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1738 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1739 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1740 exceptionnal loads.
1741
1742 Example :
1743 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1744 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1745 # connections.
1746 backend dynamic
1747 fullconn 10000
1748 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1749 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1750
1751 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1752
1753
1754grace <time>
1755 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1756 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1757 no | yes | yes | yes
1758 Arguments :
1759 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1760 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1761 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1762
1763 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1764 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1765 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1766 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1767
1768 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1769 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1770 simplify it.
1771
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001772
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001773hash-type <method>
1774 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1775 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1776 yes | no | yes | yes
1777 Arguments :
1778 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1779 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1780 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1781 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1782 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1783 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1784 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1785 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1786 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1787
1788 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1789 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1790 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1791 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1792 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1793 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1794 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1795 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1796 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1797 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1798 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1799 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1800 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1801
1802 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1803
1804 See also : "balance", "server"
1805
1806
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001807http-check disable-on-404
1808 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1809 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001810 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001811 Arguments : none
1812
1813 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1814 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1815 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1816 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1817 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1818 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1819 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1820 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1821 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1822
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001823 See also : "option httpchk"
1824
1825
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001826id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001827 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1828 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1829 no | yes | yes | yes
1830 Arguments : none
1831
1832 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1833 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1834 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001835
1836
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001837log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001838log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001839 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1840 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1841 yes | yes | yes | yes
1842 Arguments :
1843 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1844 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1845 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1846 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1847 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1848 parameter.
1849
1850 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1851 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1852
1853 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1854 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1855 standard syslog port).
1856
1857 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1858 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1859 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1860 appropriately writeable).
1861
1862 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1863
1864 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1865 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1866 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1867
1868 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1869 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1870 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001871 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1872 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1873 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1874 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1875 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001876
1877 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1878
1879 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1880 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1881 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1882
1883 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001884 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1885 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1886 "info".
1887
1888 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1889 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1890 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1891 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1892
1893 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1894 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001895
1896 Example :
1897 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001898 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1899 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001900
1901
1902maxconn <conns>
1903 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1904 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1905 yes | yes | yes | no
1906 Arguments :
1907 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1908 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1909 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1910 closes.
1911
1912 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1913 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1914 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1915 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1916 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1917 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1918 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1919 properly tuned.
1920
1921 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1922 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1923 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1924
1925 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1926
1927
1928mode { tcp|http|health }
1929 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1930 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1931 yes | yes | yes | yes
1932 Arguments :
1933 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1934 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1935 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1936 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1937
1938 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1939 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1940 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1941 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1942 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1943
1944 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1945 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1946 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1947 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1948 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1949 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1950
1951 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1952 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1953 will be refused.
1954
1955 Example :
1956 defaults http_instances
1957 mode http
1958
1959 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1960
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001961
1962monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001963 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001964 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1965 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001966 Arguments :
1967 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1968 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1969 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1970 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1971 backend and its backup.
1972
1973 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1974 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1975 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1976 servers in a list of backends.
1977
1978 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1979 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1980 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1981 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1982 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1983 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1984 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001985 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001986
1987 Example:
1988 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001989 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001990 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1991 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1992 monitor-uri /site_alive
1993 monitor fail if site_dead
1994
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001995 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1996
1997
1998monitor-net <source>
1999 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2000 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2001 yes | yes | yes | no
2002 Arguments :
2003 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2004 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2005 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2006 followed by a mask.
2007
2008 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2009 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
2010 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
2011 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2012
2013 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2014 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2015 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2016 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2017 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2018
2019 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2020 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2021 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2022 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2023 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2024
2025 Example :
2026 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2027 frontend www
2028 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2029
2030 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2031
2032
2033monitor-uri <uri>
2034 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2035 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2036 yes | yes | yes | no
2037 Arguments :
2038 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2039 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2040
2041 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2042 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2043 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2044 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2045 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2046 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2047 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2048 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2049
2050 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2051 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2052 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2053 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2054 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2055 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2056
2057 Example :
2058 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2059 frontend www
2060 mode http
2061 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2062
2063 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2064
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002065
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002066option abortonclose
2067no option abortonclose
2068 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2069 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2070 yes | no | yes | yes
2071 Arguments : none
2072
2073 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2074 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2075 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2076 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002077 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002078 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2079 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2080 encountered while delivering the response.
2081
2082 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2083 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2084 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2085 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2086 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2087 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2088 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2089 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002090 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002091 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2092 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2093 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2094
2095 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2096 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2097 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2098 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2099 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2100 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2101 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2102 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2103 reduces the response time for other users.
2104
2105 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2106 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2107
2108 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2109
2110
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002111option accept-invalid-http-request
2112no option accept-invalid-http-request
2113 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2114 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2115 yes | yes | yes | no
2116 Arguments : none
2117
2118 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2119 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2120 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2121 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2122 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2123 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2124 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2125 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2126 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2127
2128 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2129 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2130 been confirmed.
2131
2132 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2133 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2134 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2135 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2136
2137 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2138 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2139
2140 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2141 stats socket.
2142
2143
2144option accept-invalid-http-response
2145no option accept-invalid-http-response
2146 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2147 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2148 yes | no | yes | yes
2149 Arguments : none
2150
2151 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2152 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2153 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2154 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2155 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2156 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2157 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2158 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2159 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2160
2161 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2162 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2163 been confirmed.
2164
2165 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2166 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2167 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2168 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2169
2170 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2171 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2172
2173 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2174 stats socket.
2175
2176
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002177option allbackups
2178no option allbackups
2179 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2180 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2181 yes | no | yes | yes
2182 Arguments : none
2183
2184 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2185 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2186 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2187 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2188 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2189 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2190 order between the backup servers anymore.
2191
2192 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2193 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2194
2195 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2196 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2197
2198
2199option checkcache
2200no option checkcache
2201 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2202 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2203 yes | no | yes | yes
2204 Arguments : none
2205
2206 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2207 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2208 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2209 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2210 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2211 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2212
2213 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2214 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002215 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002216 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2217 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002218 to the client are :
2219 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002220 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002221 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002222 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2223 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2224 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2225 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2226 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2227 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2228 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2229 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2230 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2231 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2232 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2233
2234 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002235 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002236 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2237 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2238 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2239
2240 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2241 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002242 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002243 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2244
2245 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2246 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2247
2248
2249option clitcpka
2250no option clitcpka
2251 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2252 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2253 yes | yes | yes | no
2254 Arguments : none
2255
2256 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2257 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2258 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2259 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2260
2261 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2262 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2263 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2264 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2265
2266 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2267 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2268 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2269 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2270 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2271
2272 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2273
2274 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2275 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2276 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2277
2278 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2279 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2280
2281 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2282
2283
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002284option contstats
2285 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2286 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2287 yes | yes | yes | no
2288 Arguments : none
2289
2290 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2291 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2292 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2293 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2294 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2295 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2296 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2297
2298
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002299option dontlog-normal
2300no option dontlog-normal
2301 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2302 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2303 yes | yes | yes | no
2304 Arguments : none
2305
2306 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2307 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2308 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2309 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2310 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2311 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2312 logged.
2313
2314 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2315 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2316 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2317
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002318 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002319 logging.
2320
2321
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002322option dontlognull
2323no option dontlognull
2324 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2325 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2326 yes | yes | yes | no
2327 Arguments : none
2328
2329 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2330 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2331 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2332 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2333 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2334 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2335 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2336
2337 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2338 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2339 would not be logged.
2340
2341 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2342 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2343
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002344 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002345
2346
2347option forceclose
2348no option forceclose
2349 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2350 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2351 yes | no | yes | yes
2352 Arguments : none
2353
2354 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2355 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2356 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2357 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2358 global session times in the logs.
2359
2360 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2361 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2362 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2363 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2364 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2365
2366 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2367 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2368
2369 See also : "option httpclose"
2370
2371
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002372option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002373 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2374 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2375 yes | yes | yes | yes
2376 Arguments :
2377 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2378 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002379 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2380 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002381
2382 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2383 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2384 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2385 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2386 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2387 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2388 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002389 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2390 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2391 possible that the client has already brought one.
2392
2393 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2394 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2395 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2396 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2397 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2398 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002399
2400 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2401 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2402 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2403 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2404 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2405 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2406 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2407
2408 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002409 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2410 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2411 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002412
2413 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2414 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2415 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2416 when using this option.
2417
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002418 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002419 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2420 frontend www
2421 mode http
2422 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2423
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002424 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2425 backend www
2426 mode http
2427 option forwardfor header X-Client
2428
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002429 See also : "option httpclose"
2430
2431
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002432option httpchk
2433option httpchk <uri>
2434option httpchk <method> <uri>
2435option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2436 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2437 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2438 yes | no | yes | yes
2439 Arguments :
2440 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2441 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2442 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2443 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2444 ones.
2445
2446 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2447 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2448 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2449
2450 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2451 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2452 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2453 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2454 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2455
2456 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2457 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2458 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2459 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2460 the lack of any response.
2461
2462 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2463
2464 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2465 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2466 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2467
2468 Examples :
2469 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2470 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2471 backend https_relay
2472 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002473 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002474 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2475
2476 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2477 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2478
2479
2480option httpclose
2481no option httpclose
2482 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2483 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2484 yes | yes | yes | yes
2485 Arguments : none
2486
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002487 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002488 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2489 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2490 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2491 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2492 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2493 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2494 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2495 be removed.
2496
2497 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2498 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2499 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2500 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2501 the request connection once the server responds.
2502
2503 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2504 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2505 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2506
2507 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2508 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2509
2510 See also : "option forceclose"
2511
2512
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002513option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002514 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2515 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2516 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002517 Arguments :
2518 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2519 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2520 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2521 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2522 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002523
2524 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2525 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2526 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2527 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2528 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2529 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2530 ports.
2531
2532 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2533
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002534 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2535 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2536 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2537 by default.
2538
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002539 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002540
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002541
2542option http_proxy
2543no option http_proxy
2544 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2545 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2546 yes | yes | yes | yes
2547 Arguments : none
2548
2549 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2550 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2551 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2552 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2553 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2554
2555 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2556 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2557 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2558 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2559 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2560 be analyzed.
2561
2562 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2563 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2564
2565 Example :
2566 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2567 backend direct_forward
2568 option httpclose
2569 option http_proxy
2570
2571 See also : "option httpclose"
2572
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002573
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002574option independant-streams
2575no option independant-streams
2576 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2577 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2578 yes | yes | yes | yes
2579 Arguments : none
2580
2581 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2582 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2583 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2584 receive data or not.
2585
2586 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2587 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2588 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2589 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2590 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2591 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2592 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2593 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2594 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2595 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2596 socket buffers.
2597
2598 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2599 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2600 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2601 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2602 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2603
2604 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2605
2606
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002607option log-health-checks
2608no option log-health-checks
2609 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2610 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2611 yes | no | yes | yes
2612 Arguments : none
2613
2614 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2615 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2616 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2617 of additional information is limited.
2618
2619 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2620 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2621
2622 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2623
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002624
2625option log-separate-errors
2626no option log-separate-errors
2627 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2628 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2629 yes | yes | yes | no
2630 Arguments : none
2631
2632 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2633 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2634 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2635 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2636 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2637 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2638 provides very important information.
2639
2640 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2641 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2642 error logs.
2643
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002644 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002645 logging.
2646
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002647
2648option logasap
2649no option logasap
2650 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2651 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2652 yes | yes | yes | no
2653 Arguments : none
2654
2655 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2656 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2657 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2658 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2659 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2660 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2661 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002662 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002663 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2664 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2665
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002666 Examples :
2667 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2668 mode http
2669 option httplog
2670 option logasap
2671 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2672
2673 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2674 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2675 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2676 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2677
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002678 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002679 logging.
2680
2681
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002682option nolinger
2683no option nolinger
2684 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2685 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2686 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002687 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002688
2689 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2690 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2691 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2692 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2693 connections.
2694
2695 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2696 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2697 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2698 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2699 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2700 this too.
2701
2702 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2703 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2704 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2705
2706 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2707 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2708 for servers.
2709
2710 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2711 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2712
2713
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002714option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2715 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2716 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2717 yes | yes | yes | yes
2718 Arguments :
2719 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2720 matching <network>
2721 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2722 header name.
2723
2724 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2725 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2726 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2727 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2728 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2729 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2730 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2731 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2732 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2733 possible that the client has already brought one.
2734
2735 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2736 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2737 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2738 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2739 header and requires different one.
2740
2741 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2742 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2743 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2744 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2745 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2746 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2747 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2748
2749 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2750 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2751 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2752 both are defined.
2753
2754 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2755 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2756 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2757 when using this option.
2758
2759 Examples :
2760 # Original Destination address
2761 frontend www
2762 mode http
2763 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2764
2765 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2766 backend www
2767 mode http
2768 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2769
2770 See also : "option httpclose"
2771
2772
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002773option persist
2774no option persist
2775 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2776 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2777 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002778 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002779
2780 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2781 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2782 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2783 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2784 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2785 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2786 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2787 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2788 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2789 redirected to another valid server.
2790
2791 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2792 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2793
2794 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2795
2796
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002797option redispatch
2798no option redispatch
2799 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2800 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2801 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002802 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002803
2804 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2805 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2806 be able to access the service anymore.
2807
2808 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2809 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2810
2811 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2812 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2813 value.
2814
2815 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2816 "redisp" keywords.
2817
2818 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2819 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2820
2821 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2822
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002823
2824option smtpchk
2825option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2826 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2827 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2828 yes | no | yes | yes
2829 Arguments :
2830 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2831 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2832 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2833
2834 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2835 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2836 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2837
2838 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2839 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2840 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2841 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2842 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2843 dead server.
2844
2845 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2846 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2847 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2848 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2849
2850 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2851 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2852 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2853 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2854 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2855
2856 Example :
2857 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2858
2859 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2860
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002861
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002862option socket-stats
2863no option socket-stats
2864
2865 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2866 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2867 yes | yes | yes | no
2868
2869 Arguments : none
2870
2871
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002872option splice-auto
2873no option splice-auto
2874 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2875 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2876 yes | yes | yes | yes
2877 Arguments : none
2878
2879 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2880 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2881 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2882 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2883 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2884 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2885 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2886 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2887 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2888
2889 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2890 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2891 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2892 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2893 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2894 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2895 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2896 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2897 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2898 keyword.
2899
2900 Example :
2901 option splice-auto
2902
2903 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2904 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2905
2906 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2907 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2908
2909
2910option splice-request
2911no option splice-request
2912 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2913 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2914 yes | yes | yes | yes
2915 Arguments : none
2916
2917 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2918 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2919 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2920 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2921 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2922 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2923
2924 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2925
2926 Example :
2927 option splice-request
2928
2929 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2930 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2931
2932 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2933 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2934
2935
2936option splice-response
2937no option splice-response
2938 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2939 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2940 yes | yes | yes | yes
2941 Arguments : none
2942
2943 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2944 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2945 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2946 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2947 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2948 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2949
2950 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2951
2952 Example :
2953 option splice-response
2954
2955 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2956 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2957
2958 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2959 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2960
2961
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002962option srvtcpka
2963no option srvtcpka
2964 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2965 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2966 yes | no | yes | yes
2967 Arguments : none
2968
2969 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2970 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2971 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2972 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2973
2974 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2975 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2976 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2977 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2978
2979 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2980 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2981 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2982 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2983 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2984
2985 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2986
2987 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2988 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2989 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2990
2991 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2992 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2993
2994 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2995
2996
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002997option ssl-hello-chk
2998 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2999 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3000 yes | no | yes | yes
3001 Arguments : none
3002
3003 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3004 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3005 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3006 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3007 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3008 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3009 hello message.
3010
3011 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3012 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3013 messages, which is appreciable.
3014
3015 See also: "option httpchk"
3016
3017
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003018option tcp-smart-accept
3019no option tcp-smart-accept
3020 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3021 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3022 yes | yes | yes | no
3023 Arguments : none
3024
3025 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3026 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3027 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3028 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3029 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3030 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3031
3032 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3033 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3034 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3035 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3036
3037 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3038 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3039 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3040 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3041
3042 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3043 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3044 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3045
3046 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3047 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3048 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3049
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003050 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3051
3052
3053option tcp-smart-connect
3054no option tcp-smart-connect
3055 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3057 yes | no | yes | yes
3058 Arguments : none
3059
3060 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3061 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3062 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3063 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3064 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3065
3066 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3067 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3068 complex.
3069
3070 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3071 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3072 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3073
3074 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3075 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3076
3077 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3078
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003079
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003080option tcpka
3081 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3082 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3083 yes | yes | yes | yes
3084 Arguments : none
3085
3086 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3087 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3088 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3089 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3090
3091 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3092 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3093 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3094 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3095
3096 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3097 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3098 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3099 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3100 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3101
3102 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3103
3104 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3105 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3106 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3107 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3108 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3109 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3110 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3111 backends.
3112
3113 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3114
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003115
3116option tcplog
3117 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3118 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3119 yes | yes | yes | yes
3120 Arguments : none
3121
3122 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3123 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3124 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3125 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3126 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3127 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3128 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3129 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3130
3131 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3132
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003133 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003134
3135
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003136option transparent
3137no option transparent
3138 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3139 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003140 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003141 Arguments : none
3142
3143 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3144 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3145 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3146 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3147 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3148 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3149 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3150 appropriate server.
3151
3152 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3153 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3154
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003155 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3156 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003157
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003158
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003159persist rdp-cookie
3160persist rdp-cookie(name)
3161 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3162 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3163 yes | no | yes | yes
3164 Arguments :
3165 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3166 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3167 no valid reason to change this name.
3168
3169 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3170 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3171 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3172 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3173 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3174 forwarded to this server.
3175
3176 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3177 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3178 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
3179 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
3180 a single "listen" section.
3181
3182 Example :
3183 listen tse-farm
3184 bind :3389
3185 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3186 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3187 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3188 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3189 persist rdp-cookie
3190 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3191 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3192 balance rdp-cookie
3193 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3194 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3195
3196 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3197
3198
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003199rate-limit sessions <rate>
3200 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3201 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3202 yes | yes | yes | no
3203 Arguments :
3204 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3205 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3206
3207 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3208 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3209 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3210 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3211 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3212 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3213
3214 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3215 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3216 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3217 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3218
3219 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3220 listen smtp
3221 mode tcp
3222 bind :25
3223 rate-limit sessions 10
3224 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3225
3226 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3227 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3228
3229 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3230
3231
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003232redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3233redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003234 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3235 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3236 no | yes | yes | yes
3237
3238 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003239 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003240
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003241 Arguments :
3242 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3243 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3244 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3245 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003246 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3247 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3248 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3249 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003250
3251 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3252 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3253 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3254 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3255 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3256 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3257 location with a GET method.
3258
3259 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3260 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3261
3262 - "drop-query"
3263 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3264 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3265 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3266 with a location-type redirect.
3267
3268 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3269 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3270 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3271 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3272 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3273 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3274 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3275
3276 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3277 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3278 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3279 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3280 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3281 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3282 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003283
3284 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3285 acl clear dst_port 80
3286 acl secure dst_port 8080
3287 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003288 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003289 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003290 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3291
3292 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003293 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3294 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3295 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003296 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003297
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003298 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003299
3300
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003301redisp (deprecated)
3302redispatch (deprecated)
3303 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3304 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3305 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003306 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003307
3308 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3309 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3310 be able to access the service anymore.
3311
3312 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3313 redistribute them to a working server.
3314
3315 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3316 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3317 value.
3318
3319 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3320 "option redispatch" instead.
3321
3322 See also : "option redispatch"
3323
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003324
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003325reqadd <string>
3326 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3327 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3328 no | yes | yes | yes
3329 Arguments :
3330 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3331 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003332 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003333
3334 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3335 the last header of an HTTP request.
3336
3337 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3338 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3339 responses.
3340
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003341 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003342
3343
3344reqallow <search>
3345reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3346 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3347 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3348 no | yes | yes | yes
3349 Arguments :
3350 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3351 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3352 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3353 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3354 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3355 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3356 ignores case.
3357
3358 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3359 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3360 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3361 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3362 header names are not.
3363
3364 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3365 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3366
3367 Example :
3368 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3369 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3370 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3371
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003372 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003373 manipulation
3374
3375
3376reqdel <search>
3377reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3378 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3379 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3380 no | yes | yes | yes
3381 Arguments :
3382 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3383 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3384 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3385 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3386 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3387 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3388
3389 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3390 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3391 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3392 next servers.
3393
3394 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3395 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3396 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3397
3398 Example :
3399 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3400 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3401 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3402
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003403 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003404 manipulation
3405
3406
3407reqdeny <search>
3408reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3409 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3410 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3411 no | yes | yes | yes
3412 Arguments :
3413 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3414 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3415 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3416 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3417 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3418 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3419 case.
3420
3421 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3422 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3423 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3424 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3425 header names are not.
3426
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003427 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003428 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003429 using ACLs.
3430
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003431 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3432 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3433
3434 Example :
3435 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3436 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3437 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3438
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003439 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003440 header manipulation
3441
3442
3443reqpass <search>
3444reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3445 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3446 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3447 no | yes | yes | yes
3448 Arguments :
3449 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3450 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3451 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3452 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3453 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3454 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3455 case.
3456
3457 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3458 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3459 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3460 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3461
3462 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3463 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3464
3465 Example :
3466 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3467 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3468 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3469 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3470
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003471 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003472 header manipulation
3473
3474
3475reqrep <search> <string>
3476reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3477 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3478 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3479 no | yes | yes | yes
3480 Arguments :
3481 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3482 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3483 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3484 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3485 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3486 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3487
3488 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3489 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3490 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3491 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003492 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003493
3494 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3495 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3496 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3497
3498 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3499 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3500 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3501 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3502 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3503
3504 Example :
3505 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3506 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3507 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3508 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3509
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003510 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003511 manipulation
3512
3513
3514reqtarpit <search>
3515reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3516 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3517 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3518 no | yes | yes | yes
3519 Arguments :
3520 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3521 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3522 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3523 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3524 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3525 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3526 ignores case.
3527
3528 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3529 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003530 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3531 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3532 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003533 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3534 not set.
3535
3536 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3537 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3538 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3539 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3540 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3541
3542 Example :
3543 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3544 # block all others.
3545 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3546 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3547
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003548 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003549 manipulation
3550
3551
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003552retries <value>
3553 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3554 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3555 yes | no | yes | yes
3556 Arguments :
3557 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3558 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3559 default value is 3.
3560
3561 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3562 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3563 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3564
3565 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3566 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3567
3568 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3569 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3570
3571 See also : "option redispatch"
3572
3573
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003574rspadd <string>
3575 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3576 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3577 no | yes | yes | yes
3578 Arguments :
3579 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3580 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003581 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003582
3583 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3584 the last header of an HTTP response.
3585
3586 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3587 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3588 responses.
3589
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003590 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003591
3592
3593rspdel <search>
3594rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3595 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3596 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3597 no | yes | yes | yes
3598 Arguments :
3599 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3600 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3601 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3602 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3603 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3604 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3605 ignores case.
3606
3607 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3608 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3609 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3610 client.
3611
3612 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3613 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3614 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3615
3616 Example :
3617 # remove the Server header from responses
3618 reqidel ^Server:.*
3619
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003620 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003621 manipulation
3622
3623
3624rspdeny <search>
3625rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3626 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3627 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3628 no | yes | yes | yes
3629 Arguments :
3630 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3631 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3632 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3633 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3634 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3635 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3636 ignores case.
3637
3638 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3639 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3640 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3641 case-sensitive.
3642
3643 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003644 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3645 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3646 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003647
3648 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3649 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3650
3651 Example :
3652 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3653 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3654
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003655 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003656 manipulation
3657
3658
3659rsprep <search> <string>
3660rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3661 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3662 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3663 no | yes | yes | yes
3664 Arguments :
3665 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3666 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3667 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3668 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3669 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3670 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3671 ignores case.
3672
3673 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3674 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3675 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3676 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003677 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003678
3679 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3680 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3681 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3682
3683 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3684 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3685 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3686 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3687 are not case-sensitive.
3688
3689 Example :
3690 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3691 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3692
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003693 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003694 manipulation
3695
3696
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003697server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3698 Declare a server in a backend
3699 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3700 no | no | yes | yes
3701 Arguments :
3702 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3703 appear in logs and alerts.
3704
3705 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3706 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3707 start-up.
3708
3709 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3710 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3711 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3712 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3713 adding this value to the client's port.
3714
3715 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3716 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003717 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003718
3719 Examples :
3720 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3721 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3722
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003723 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003724
3725
3726source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003727source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003728 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3729 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3730 yes | no | yes | yes
3731 Arguments :
3732 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3733 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3734 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3735 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3736
3737 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3738 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003739 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3740 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3741 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003742
3743 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3744 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3745 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3746 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3747 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3748 <addr>.
3749
3750 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3751 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3752 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3753 port.
3754
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003755 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3756 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3757 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3758 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3759 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3760 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3761
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003762 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3763 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3764 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3765 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3766
3767 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3768 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3769 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3770 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3771 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3772 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3773
3774 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3775 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3776 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3777 there are two methods :
3778
3779 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3780 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3781 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3782 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3783 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3784 of the client ranges may be used.
3785
3786 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3787 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3788 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3789 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3790 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3791 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3792 same session.
3793
3794 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3795 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3796 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3797 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3798 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3799 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3800
3801 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3802 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3803 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003804 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003805
3806 Examples :
3807 backend private
3808 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3809 source 192.168.1.200
3810
3811 backend transparent_ssl1
3812 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3813 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3814
3815 backend transparent_ssl2
3816 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3817 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3818 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3819
3820 backend transparent_ssl3
3821 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3822 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3823 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3824
3825 backend transparent_smtp
3826 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3827 # with Tproxy version 4.
3828 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3829
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003830 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003831 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3832
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003833
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003834srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3835 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3836 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3837 yes | no | yes | yes
3838 Arguments :
3839 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3840 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3841 as explained at the top of this document.
3842
3843 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3844 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3845 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3846 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3847 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3848 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3849 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3850
3851 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3852 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3853 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3854 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3855 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003856 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003857 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3858 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3859
3860 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3861 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3862 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3863 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3864 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3865 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3866
3867 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3868 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3869
3870 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3871
3872
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003873stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3874 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3875 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3876 yes | no | yes | yes
3877 Arguments :
3878 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3879
3880 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3881
3882 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3883 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3884 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3885 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3886 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3887 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3888
3889 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3890 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3891 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3892 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3893
3894 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3895 report using "stats scope".
3896
3897 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3898 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3899 unobvious parameters.
3900
3901 Example :
3902 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3903 backend public_www
3904 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3905 stats enable
3906 stats hide-version
3907 stats scope .
3908 stats uri /admin?stats
3909 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3910 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3911 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3912
3913 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3914 backend private_monitoring
3915 stats enable
3916 stats uri /admin?stats
3917 stats refresh 5s
3918
3919 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3920
3921
3922stats enable
3923 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3924 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3925 yes | no | yes | yes
3926 Arguments : none
3927
3928 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3929 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3930 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3931 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3932 - stats auth : no authentication
3933 - stats scope : no restriction
3934
3935 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3936 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3937 unobvious parameters.
3938
3939 Example :
3940 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3941 backend public_www
3942 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3943 stats enable
3944 stats hide-version
3945 stats scope .
3946 stats uri /admin?stats
3947 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3948 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3949 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3950
3951 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3952 backend private_monitoring
3953 stats enable
3954 stats uri /admin?stats
3955 stats refresh 5s
3956
3957 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3958
3959
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003960stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003961 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3962 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3963 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003964 Arguments:
3965 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
3966 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003967
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003968 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3969 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
3970 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003971
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003972 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3973 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3974 unobvious parameters.
3975
3976 Example:
3977 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3978 backend private_monitoring
3979 stats enable
3980 stats show-node Europe-1
3981 stats uri /admin?stats
3982 stats refresh 5s
3983
3984 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
3985
3986
3987stats show-desc [ <description> ]
3988 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
3989 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3990 yes | no | yes | yes
3991
3992 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
3993 description from global section is automatically used instead.
3994
3995 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3996 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003997
3998 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3999 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4000 unobvious parameters.
4001
4002 Example :
4003 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4004 backend private_monitoring
4005 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004006 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004007 stats uri /admin?stats
4008 stats refresh 5s
4009
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004010 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004011
4012
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004013stats realm <realm>
4014 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4015 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4016 yes | no | yes | yes
4017 Arguments :
4018 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4019 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4020 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4021
4022 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4023 using a backslash ('\').
4024
4025 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4026 only related to authentication.
4027
4028 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4029 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4030 unobvious parameters.
4031
4032 Example :
4033 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4034 backend public_www
4035 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4036 stats enable
4037 stats hide-version
4038 stats scope .
4039 stats uri /admin?stats
4040 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4041 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4042 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4043
4044 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4045 backend private_monitoring
4046 stats enable
4047 stats uri /admin?stats
4048 stats refresh 5s
4049
4050 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4051
4052
4053stats refresh <delay>
4054 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4055 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4056 yes | no | yes | yes
4057 Arguments :
4058 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4059 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4060 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4061 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4062 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4063 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4064
4065 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4066 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4067 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4068 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4069
4070 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4071 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4072 unobvious parameters.
4073
4074 Example :
4075 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4076 backend public_www
4077 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4078 stats enable
4079 stats hide-version
4080 stats scope .
4081 stats uri /admin?stats
4082 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4083 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4084 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4085
4086 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4087 backend private_monitoring
4088 stats enable
4089 stats uri /admin?stats
4090 stats refresh 5s
4091
4092 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4093
4094
4095stats scope { <name> | "." }
4096 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4097 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4098 yes | no | yes | yes
4099 Arguments :
4100 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4101 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4102 section in which the statement appears.
4103
4104 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4105 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4106 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4107 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4108 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4109 exists.
4110
4111 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4112 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4113 unobvious parameters.
4114
4115 Example :
4116 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4117 backend public_www
4118 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4119 stats enable
4120 stats hide-version
4121 stats scope .
4122 stats uri /admin?stats
4123 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4124 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4125 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4126
4127 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4128 backend private_monitoring
4129 stats enable
4130 stats uri /admin?stats
4131 stats refresh 5s
4132
4133 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4134
4135
4136stats uri <prefix>
4137 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4138 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4139 yes | no | yes | yes
4140 Arguments :
4141 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4142 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4143 query string.
4144
4145 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4146 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4147 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4148 possible to reach it in the application.
4149
4150 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
4151 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
4152 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4153 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4154 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4155 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4156
4157 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4158 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4159 an address or a port to statistics only.
4160
4161 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4162 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4163 unobvious parameters.
4164
4165 Example :
4166 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4167 backend public_www
4168 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4169 stats enable
4170 stats hide-version
4171 stats scope .
4172 stats uri /admin?stats
4173 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4174 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4175 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4176
4177 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4178 backend private_monitoring
4179 stats enable
4180 stats uri /admin?stats
4181 stats refresh 5s
4182
4183 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4184
4185
4186stats hide-version
4187 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4188 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4189 yes | no | yes | yes
4190 Arguments : none
4191
4192 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4193 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4194 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4195 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4196 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4197 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4198
4199 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4200 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4201 unobvious parameters.
4202
4203 Example :
4204 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4205 backend public_www
4206 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4207 stats enable
4208 stats hide-version
4209 stats scope .
4210 stats uri /admin?stats
4211 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4212 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4213 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4214
4215 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4216 backend private_monitoring
4217 stats enable
4218 stats uri /admin?stats
4219 stats refresh 5s
4220
4221 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4222
4223
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004224tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4225 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4226 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4227 no | yes | yes | no
4228
4229 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4230 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4231 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4232 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4233 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4234 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4235 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4236 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4237
4238 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4239 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4240
4241 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4242 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4243 "reject" statement.
4244
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004245 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004246
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004247 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004248
4249
4250tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4251 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4252 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4253 no | yes | yes | no
4254
4255 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4256 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4257 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4258 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4259 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4260 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4261 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4262 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4263
4264 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4265 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4266
4267 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4268 "accept".
4269
4270 Example:
4271 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4272 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4273 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4274 tcp-request reject if content_present
4275
4276 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4277 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4278 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4279 tcp-request accept if content_present
4280 tcp-request reject
4281
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004282 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004283
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004284 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004285
4286
4287tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4288 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4289 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4290 no | yes | yes | no
4291 Arguments :
4292 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4293 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4294 as explained at the top of this document.
4295
4296 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4297 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4298 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4299 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4300 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4301
4302 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4303 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4304 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4305 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004306 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4307 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4308 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4309 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004310
4311 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4312 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4313 it pass through unaffected.
4314
4315 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4316 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4317 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4318 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4319 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4320 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4321 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4322
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004323 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004324 "timeout client".
4325
4326
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004327timeout check <timeout>
4328 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4329 established.
4330
4331 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4332 yes | no | yes | yes
4333 Arguments:
4334 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4335 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4336 as explained at the top of this document.
4337
4338 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4339 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4340 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4341 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4342 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4343 long "timeout connect".
4344
4345 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4346 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4347
4348 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4349 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004350 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004351
4352 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4353 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4354 forget about it.
4355
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004356 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4357 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004358
4359
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004360timeout client <timeout>
4361timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4362 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4363 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4364 yes | yes | yes | no
4365 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004366 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004367 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4368 as explained at the top of this document.
4369
4370 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4371 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4372 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4373 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4374 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4375 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4376 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4377 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004378 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004379 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4380 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4381
4382 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4383 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4384 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4385 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4386 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4387 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4388
4389 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4390 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4391 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4392
4393 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4394
4395
4396timeout connect <timeout>
4397timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4398 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4399 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4400 yes | no | yes | yes
4401 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004402 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004403 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4404 as explained at the top of this document.
4405
4406 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004407 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004408 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4409 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004410 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4411 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004412
4413 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4414 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4415 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4416 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4417 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4418 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4419
4420 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4421 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4422 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4423
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004424 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4425 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004426
4427
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004428timeout http-request <timeout>
4429 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4430 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004431 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004432 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004433 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004434 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4435 as explained at the top of this document.
4436
4437 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4438 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4439 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4440 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4441 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4442 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4443 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4444 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4445
4446 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4447 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4448 used anymore.
4449
4450 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4451 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4452 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4453 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4454 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4455
4456 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004457 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4458 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4459 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004460
4461 See also : "timeout client".
4462
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004463
4464timeout queue <timeout>
4465 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4466 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4467 yes | no | yes | yes
4468 Arguments :
4469 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4470 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4471 as explained at the top of this document.
4472
4473 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4474 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4475 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4476 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4477 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4478
4479 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4480 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4481 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4482 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4483
4484 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4485
4486
4487timeout server <timeout>
4488timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4489 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4490 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4491 yes | no | yes | yes
4492 Arguments :
4493 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4494 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4495 as explained at the top of this document.
4496
4497 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4498 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4499 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4500 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4501 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4502 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4503 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4504
4505 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4506 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4507 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4508 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4509 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004510 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004511 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4512 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4513
4514 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4515 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4516 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4517 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4518 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4519 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4520
4521 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4522 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4523 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4524
4525 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4526
4527
4528timeout tarpit <timeout>
4529 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4530 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4531 yes | yes | yes | yes
4532 Arguments :
4533 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4534 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4535 as explained at the top of this document.
4536
4537 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4538 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4539 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4540
4541 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4542 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4543 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4544 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4545 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4546
4547 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4548
4549
4550transparent (deprecated)
4551 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4552 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004553 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004554 Arguments : none
4555
4556 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4557 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4558 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4559 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4560 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4561 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4562 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4563 appropriate server.
4564
4565 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4566
4567 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4568 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4569
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004570 See also: "option transparent"
4571
4572
4573use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4574use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004575 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004576 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4577 no | yes | yes | no
4578 Arguments :
4579 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4580
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004581 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004582
4583 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4584 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4585 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004586 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4587 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4588 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4589 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004590
4591 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4592 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4593 assign the backend.
4594
4595 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4596 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4597 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4598 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4599 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4600 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4601
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004602 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4603 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4604 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4605 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4606 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4607
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004608 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004609
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004610
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046115. Server options
4612-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004613
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004614The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4615as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4616not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4617(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4618the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4619specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004620
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004621 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004622
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004623The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004624
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004625addr <ipv4>
4626 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4627 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4628 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4629 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4630 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004631
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004632backup
4633 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4634 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4635 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4636 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4637 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4638 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004639
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004640check
4641 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4642 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4643 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4644 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4645 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4646 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4647 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4648 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4649 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4650 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4651 more information.
4652
4653cookie <value>
4654 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4655 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4656 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4657 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4658 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4659 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4660 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4661
4662fall <count>
4663 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4664 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4665 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4666
4667id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004668 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4669 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4670 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004671
4672inter <delay>
4673fastinter <delay>
4674downinter <delay>
4675 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4676 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4677 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4678 between checks depending on the server state :
4679
4680 Server state | Interval used
4681 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4682 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4683 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4684 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4685 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4686 or yet unchecked. |
4687 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4688 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4689 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4690
4691 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4692 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4693 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4694 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4695 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4696 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4697 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4698 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4699 servers.
4700
4701maxconn <maxconn>
4702 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4703 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4704 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4705 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4706 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4707 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4708 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4709 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4710
4711maxqueue <maxqueue>
4712 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4713 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4714 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4715 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4716 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4717 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4718 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4719
4720minconn <minconn>
4721 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4722 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4723 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4724 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4725 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4726 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4727 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4728 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4729
4730port <port>
4731 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4732 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4733 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4734 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4735 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4736 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4737
4738redir <prefix>
4739 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4740 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4741 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4742 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4743 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4744 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4745 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4746 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4747 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4748 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4749 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4750 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4751 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4752 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4753
4754 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4755
4756rise <count>
4757 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4758 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4759 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4760
4761slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4762 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4763 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4764 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4765 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4766 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4767 parameters :
4768
4769 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4770 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4771
4772 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4773 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4774 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4775 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4776
4777 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4778 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4779 seen as failed.
4780
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004781source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4782source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004783 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4784 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4785 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4786 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4787
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004788 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4789 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4790 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4791 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4792 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4793 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4794 server.
4795
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004796track [<proxy>/]<server>
4797 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4798 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4799 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4800 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4801 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4802
4803weight <weight>
4804 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4805 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4806 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004807 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4808 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4809 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4810 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4811 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4812 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004813
4814
48156. HTTP header manipulation
4816---------------------------
4817
4818In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4819response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4820request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4821which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4822against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4823to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4824passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4825headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4826never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4827
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004828There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4829(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4830rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4831messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4832in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
4833happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally
4834add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4835normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4836
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004837This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4838in section 4.2 :
4839
4840 - reqadd <string>
4841 - reqallow <search>
4842 - reqiallow <search>
4843 - reqdel <search>
4844 - reqidel <search>
4845 - reqdeny <search>
4846 - reqideny <search>
4847 - reqpass <search>
4848 - reqipass <search>
4849 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4850 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4851 - reqtarpit <search>
4852 - reqitarpit <search>
4853 - rspadd <string>
4854 - rspdel <search>
4855 - rspidel <search>
4856 - rspdeny <search>
4857 - rspideny <search>
4858 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4859 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4860
4861With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4862is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4863parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4864prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4865Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4866
4867 \t for a tab
4868 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4869 \n for a new line (LF)
4870 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4871 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4872 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4873 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4874 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4875
4876The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4877portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4878above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4879regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
48809 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4881is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4882
4883The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4884after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4885
4886Notes related to these keywords :
4887---------------------------------
4888 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4889 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4890 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4891
4892 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4893 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4894 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4895
4896 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4897 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4898 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4899 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4900 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4901
4902 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4903 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4904 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4905 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4906 useless headers before adding new ones.
4907
4908 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4909 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4910
4911 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4912 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4913 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4914
4915 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4916 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4917 before switching.
4918
4919
49207. Using ACLs
4921-------------
4922
4923The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4924content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4925from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4926simple :
4927
4928 - define test criteria with sets of values
4929 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4930
4931The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4932
4933In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4934
4935 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4936
4937This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4938Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4939and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4940an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4941of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4942
4943ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4944'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4945which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4946
4947There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4948performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4949
4950The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4951
4952 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004953 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4954
4955Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004956
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004957 - integers or integer ranges
4958 - strings
4959 - regular expressions
4960 - IP addresses and networks
4961
4962
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049637.1. Matching integers
4964----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004965
4966Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4967that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4968expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4969may be omitted.
4970
4971For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4972unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4973representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4974
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004975As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4976two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4977instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4978ranges and operators.
4979
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004980For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004981operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4982Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4983of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004984
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004985Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004986
4987 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4988 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4989 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4990 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4991 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4992
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004993For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004994
4995 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4996
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004997This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4998
4999 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5000
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005001
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050027.2. Matching strings
5003---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005004
5005String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5006exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5007characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5008string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5009to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005010before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005011
5012
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050137.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5014-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005015
5016Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5017they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5018possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5019passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5020the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005021the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5022match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005023
5024
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050257.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5026----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005027
5028IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5029netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5030within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005031host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005032difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5033at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5034does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5035parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005036
5037
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050387.5. Available matching criteria
5039--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005040
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050417.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5042------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005043
5044A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5045analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5046addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5047
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005048always_false
5049 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5050 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5051
5052always_true
5053 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5054 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5055
5056src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005057 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005058 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5059 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5060
5061src_port <integer>
5062 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5063
5064dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005065 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005066 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5067
5068dst_port <integer>
5069 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5070 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5071
5072dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005073 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005074 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005075 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005076 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5077 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5078 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5079
5080fe_conn <integer>
5081fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5082 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5083 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5084 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5085 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5086 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5087 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5088 criteria.
5089
5090be_conn <integer>
5091be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5092 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5093 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5094 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5095 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5096 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005097
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005098nbsrv <integer>
5099nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5100 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5101 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5102 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5103 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5104 "monitor fail".
5105
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005106connslots <integer>
5107connslots(backend) <integer>
5108 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005109 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005110 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5111
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005112 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5113 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005114
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005115 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005116 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5117 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5118 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5119 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5120 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005121 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005122
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005123 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5124 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5125 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5126 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005127
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005128queue <integer>
5129queue(frontend) <integer>
5130 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5131 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5132 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5133 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5134 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5135 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5136 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5137
5138avg_queue <integer>
5139avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5140 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5141 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5142 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5143 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5144 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5145 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5146 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5147 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5148 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5149 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5150 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5151
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005152fe_sess_rate <integer>
5153fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5154 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5155 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5156 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5157 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5158 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5159 the rate to go down below the limit.
5160
5161 Example :
5162 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5163 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5164 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5165 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5166 frontend mail
5167 bind :25
5168 mode tcp
5169 maxconn 100
5170 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5171 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5172 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5173 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5174
5175be_sess_rate <integer>
5176be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5177 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5178 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5179 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
5180 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
5181 sucking of an online dictionary).
5182
5183 Example :
5184 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5185 backend dynamic
5186 mode http
5187 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5188 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5189
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005190
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051917.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5192-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005193
5194A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5195during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5196through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5197for more detailed information on the subject.
5198
5199req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005200 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005201 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5202 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5203 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5204 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5205 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5206 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5207
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005208req_proto_http
5209 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5210 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
5211 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
5212 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5213 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5214
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005215req_rdp_cookie <string>
5216req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5217 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5218 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5219 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5220 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5221 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5222 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5223 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5224 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5225
5226req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5227req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5228 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5229 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5230 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5231 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5232 cookies.
5233
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005234req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5235 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5236 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5237 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5238 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5239 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5240 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5241 with TCP request content inspection.
5242
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005243wait_end
5244 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5245 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5246 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5247 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5248 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5249 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5250 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5251 inspection.
5252
5253 Examples :
5254 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5255 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5256 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5257
5258 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5259 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5260 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5261 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5262 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5263 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5264 tcp-request content reject
5265
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005266
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052677.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5268--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005269
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005270A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005271application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5272read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5273than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5274
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005275method <string>
5276 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5277 already check for most common methods.
5278
5279req_ver <string>
5280 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5281 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5282
5283path <string>
5284 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5285 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5286 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5287
5288path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005289 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5290 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005291
5292path_end <string>
5293 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5294 control file name extension.
5295
5296path_sub <string>
5297 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5298 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5299 "path_dir".
5300
5301path_dir <string>
5302 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5303 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5304 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5305 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5306
5307path_dom <string>
5308 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5309 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5310 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5311
5312path_reg <regex>
5313 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5314 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5315 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5316
5317url <string>
5318 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5319 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5320
5321url_beg <string>
5322 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5323 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5324
5325url_end <string>
5326 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5327 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5328
5329url_sub <string>
5330 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5331 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5332
5333url_dir <string>
5334 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5335 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5336 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5337 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5338
5339url_dom <string>
5340 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5341 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5342 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5343
5344url_reg <regex>
5345 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5346 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5347 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5348
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005349url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005350 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5351 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005352 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005353
5354url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005355 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5356 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005357 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005358 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005359
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005360hdr <string>
5361hdr(header) <string>
5362 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5363 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005364 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5365 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005366
5367 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005368 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005369 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5370
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005371 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005372
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005373hdr_beg <string>
5374hdr_beg(header) <string>
5375 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5376 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005377
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005378hdr_end <string>
5379hdr_end(header) <string>
5380 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5381 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005382
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005383hdr_sub <string>
5384hdr_sub(header) <string>
5385 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5386 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005387
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005388hdr_dir <string>
5389hdr_dir(header) <string>
5390 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5391 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5392 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5393 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005394
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005395hdr_dom <string>
5396hdr_dom(header) <string>
5397 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5398 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5399 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5400 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005401
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005402hdr_reg <regex>
5403hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5404 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5405 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5406 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5407 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005408
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005409hdr_val <integer>
5410hdr_val(header) <integer>
5411 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5412 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5413 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5414 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005415
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005416hdr_cnt <integer>
5417hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5418 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5419 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5420 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5421 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5422 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5423 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005424
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005425hdr_ip <ip_address>
5426hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5427 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5428 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5429 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5430
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005431
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054327.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5433---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005434
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005435Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5436every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5437order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5438only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005439
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005440ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5441---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5442TRUE always_true always match
5443FALSE always_false never match
5444LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005445HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005446HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5447HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5448METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5449METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5450METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5451METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5452METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5453METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5454HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5455HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5456HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5457HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005458RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005459REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5460WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5461---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005462
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005463
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5465----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005466
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005467Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5468combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005469
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005470 - AND (implicit)
5471 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5472 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005473
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005474A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005475
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005476 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005477
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005478Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5479indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005480
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005481For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5482"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5483requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5484is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005485
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005486 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5487 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5488 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5489 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005490
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005491To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5492and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005493
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005494 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5495 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5496 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5497 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005498
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005499 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5500 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5501 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5502 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005504See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005505
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005506
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055078. Logging
5508----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005509
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005510One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5511provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5512very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5513provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5514state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5515to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5516headers.
5517
5518In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5519about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5520send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5521
5522 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5523 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5524 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5525 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5526 at the termination.
5527
5528The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5529allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5530as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5531while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5532real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5533delay.
5534
5535
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055368.1. Log levels
5537---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005538
5539TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5540source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5541HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5542in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5543particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005544syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005545facilities.
5546
5547
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055488.2. Log formats
5549----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005550
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005551HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005552and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5553the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5554formats are the following ones :
5555
5556 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5557 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5558 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5559 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5560 extents.
5561
5562 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5563 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5564 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5565 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5566 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5567
5568 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5569 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5570 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5571 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5572 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5573
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005574 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5575 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5576 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5577 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5578
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005579Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5580specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5581field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5582servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5583always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5584identifier.
5585
5586Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5587 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5588 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5589 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5590 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5591
5592
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055938.2.1. Default log format
5594-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005595
5596This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5597as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5598format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5599
5600 Example :
5601 listen www
5602 mode http
5603 log global
5604 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5605
5606 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5607 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5608 (www/HTTP)
5609
5610 Field Format Extract from the example above
5611 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5612 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5613 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5614 4 'to' to
5615 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5616 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5617
5618Detailed fields description :
5619 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5620 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5621 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5622 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5623 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5624 and processed the connection.
5625 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5626
5627It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5628will eventually disappear.
5629
5630
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056318.2.2. TCP log format
5632---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005633
5634The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5635is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5636information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5637counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5638emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5639environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5640the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5641sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005642specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5643not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5644fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5645marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005646
5647 Example :
5648 frontend fnt
5649 mode tcp
5650 option tcplog
5651 log global
5652 default_backend bck
5653
5654 backend bck
5655 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5656
5657 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5658 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5659 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5660
5661 Field Format Extract from the example above
5662 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5663 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5664 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5665 4 frontend_name fnt
5666 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5667 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5668 7 bytes_read* 212
5669 8 termination_state --
5670 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5671 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5672
5673Detailed fields description :
5674 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5675 connection to haproxy.
5676
5677 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5678
5679 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5680 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5681 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5682 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5683
5684 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5685 and processed the connection.
5686
5687 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5688 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5689 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5690 applications.
5691
5692 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5693 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5694 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5695 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5696 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5697
5698 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5699 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5700 See "Timers" below for more details.
5701
5702 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5703 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5704 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5705 "Timers" below for more details.
5706
5707 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5708 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5709 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5710 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5711 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5712 details.
5713
5714 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5715 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5716 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5717 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5718 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5719
5720 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5721 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5722 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5723 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5724 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5725 for more details.
5726
5727 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5728 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5729 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5730 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5731 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005732 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005733
5734 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5735 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5736 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5737 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5738 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5739 caused by a denial of service attack.
5740
5741 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5742 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5743 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5744 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5745 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5746 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5747 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5748 denial of service attack.
5749
5750 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5751 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5752 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5753 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5754 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5755 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5756 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5757 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5758 be processed than on other servers.
5759
5760 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5761 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5762 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5763 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5764 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5765 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5766 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5767 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5768 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5769 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5770 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5771 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5772 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5773
5774 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5775 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5776 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5777 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5778 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5779 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5780 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5781 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5782
5783 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5784 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5785 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5786 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5787 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5788 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5789 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5790 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5791 occurs.
5792
5793
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057948.2.3. HTTP log format
5795----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005796
5797The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5798is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5799the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5800are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5801emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5802generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5803"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5804which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005805frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5806is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005807
5808Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5809slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5810with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5811
5812 Example :
5813 frontend http-in
5814 mode http
5815 option httplog
5816 log global
5817 default_backend bck
5818
5819 backend static
5820 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5821
5822 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5823 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5824 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5825 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5826
5827 Field Format Extract from the example above
5828 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5829 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5830 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5831 4 frontend_name http-in
5832 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5833 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5834 7 status_code 200
5835 8 bytes_read* 2750
5836 9 captured_request_cookie -
5837 10 captured_response_cookie -
5838 11 termination_state ----
5839 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5840 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5841 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5842 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5843 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5844
5845
5846Detailed fields description :
5847 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5848 connection to haproxy.
5849
5850 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5851
5852 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5853 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5854 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5855 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5856 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5857
5858 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5859 and processed the connection.
5860
5861 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5862 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5863 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5864
5865 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5866 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5867 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5868 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5869 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5870 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5871
5872 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5873 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5874 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5875 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5876 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5877 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5878
5879 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5880 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5881 See "Timers" below for more details.
5882
5883 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5884 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5885 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5886 below for more details.
5887
5888 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5889 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5890 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5891 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5892 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5893 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5894 for more details.
5895
5896 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5897 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5898 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5899 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5900 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5901 details.
5902
5903 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5904 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5905 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5906
5907 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5908 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5909 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5910 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5911 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5912 overflowing.
5913
5914 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5915 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5916 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5917 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5918 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5919 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5920 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5921 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5922
5923 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5924 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5925 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5926 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5927 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5928 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5929 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5930 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5931
5932 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5933 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5934 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5935 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5936 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5937 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5938 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5939
5940 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5941 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5942 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5943 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5944 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005945 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005946 system.
5947
5948 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5949 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5950 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5951 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5952 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5953 caused by a denial of service attack.
5954
5955 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5956 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5957 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5958 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5959 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5960 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5961 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5962 denial of service attack.
5963
5964 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5965 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5966 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5967 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5968 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5969 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5970 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5971 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5972 processed than on other servers.
5973
5974 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5975 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5976 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5977 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5978 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5979 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5980 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5981 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5982 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5983 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5984 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5985 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5986 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5987
5988 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5989 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5990 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5991 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5992 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5993 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5994 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5995 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5996
5997 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5998 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5999 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6000 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6001 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6002 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6003 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6004 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6005 occurs.
6006
6007 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6008 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6009 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6010 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6011 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6012 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6013 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6014 cookies" below for more details.
6015
6016 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6017 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6018 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6019 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6020 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6021 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6022 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6023 and cookies" below for more details.
6024
6025 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6026 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6027 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6028 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6029 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6030 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6031 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6032 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6033
6034
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060358.3. Advanced logging options
6036-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006037
6038Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6039just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6040options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6041for more information about their usage.
6042
6043
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060448.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6045------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006046
6047It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6048haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6049commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6050monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6051ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6052
6053 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6054 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6055 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6056 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6057
6058 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6059 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6060 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6061 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6062 such as other load-balancers.
6063
6064 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6065 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6066 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6067
6068
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060698.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6070----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006071
6072The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6073what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6074or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6075"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6076just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6077log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6078after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6079is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6080with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6081with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6082
6083
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060848.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6085------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006086
6087Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6088for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6089"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6090retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6091raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6092a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6093file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6094you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6095"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6096
6097
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060988.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6099--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006100
6101Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6102multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6103them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6104"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6105logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6106error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6107and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6108too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6109useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6110alternative.
6111
6112
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061138.4. Timing events
6114------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006115
6116Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6117reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6118the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6119frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6120mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6121
6122 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6123 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6124 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6125 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6126 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6127
6128 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6129 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6130 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6131 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6132 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6133
6134 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6135 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6136 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6137 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6138 connection never established.
6139
6140 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6141 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6142 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6143 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6144 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6145 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6146 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6147 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6148 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6149 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6150 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6151
6152 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6153 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6154 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6155 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6156 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6157
6158 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6159
6160 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6161 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6162 negative.
6163
6164These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6165protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6166that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
6167due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
6168close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6169session has been aborted on timeout.
6170
6171Most common cases :
6172
6173 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6174 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6175 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6176 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6177 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6178 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6179 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6180 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6181 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6182 connections have been accepted at once.
6183
6184 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6185 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6186 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6187 of ms on remote networks.
6188
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006189 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6190 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6191 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006192
6193 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6194 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6195 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6196 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6197 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6198 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6199 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6200 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6201 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6202 to the server until another one is released.
6203
6204Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6205
6206 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6207 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6208 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6209
6210 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6211 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6212 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6213
6214 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6215 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6216 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6217 flags.
6218
6219 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6220 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6221 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6222 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6223 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6224 the client connection was maintained open.
6225
6226 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6227 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6228 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6229 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6230
6231
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062328.5. Session state at disconnection
6233-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006234
6235TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6236"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
62372-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6238each of which has a special meaning :
6239
6240 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6241 session to terminate :
6242
6243 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6244
6245 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6246 server explicitly refused it.
6247
6248 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6249 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6250 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6251 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6252 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6253 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6254
6255 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6256 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6257 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6258 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6259 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6260
6261 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6262 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6263 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6264 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6265 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6266
6267 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6268 send or receive data.
6269
6270 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6271 send or receive data.
6272
6273 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6274 with nothing left in the buffers.
6275
6276 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6277
6278 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6279 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6280
6281 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6282 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6283 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6284 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6285 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6286
6287 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6288 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6289
6290 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6291 server (HTTP only).
6292
6293 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6294
6295 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6296 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6297 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6298
6299 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6300 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6301 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6302
6303 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6304
6305 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6306 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6307
6308 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6309 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6310 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6311
6312 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6313 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6314 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6315
6316 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6317 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6318 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6319 another server.
6320
6321 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6322 server.
6323
6324 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6325
6326 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6327 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6328
6329 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6330
6331 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6332 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6333 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6334
6335 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6336
6337 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6338 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6339
6340 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6341
6342 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6343
6344The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6345happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6346helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6347starvation, attacks, etc...
6348
6349The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6350alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6351easier finding and understanding.
6352
6353 Flags Reason
6354
6355 -- Normal termination.
6356
6357 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6358 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6359 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6360 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6361
6362 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6363 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6364 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6365 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6366 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6367 by the client.
6368
6369 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6370 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6371 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6372
6373 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6374 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6375 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6376
6377 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6378 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6379 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6380 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6381 the server takes too long to respond.
6382
6383 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6384 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6385 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6386 long a time to respond.
6387
6388 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6389 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6390 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6391 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6392 and the client.
6393
6394 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6395 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6396 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6397 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6398 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6399 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6400
6401 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6402 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006403 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6404 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6405 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6406 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006407
6408 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6409 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6410 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6411 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6412 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6413 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6414
6415 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6416 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6417 503 or 504 here.
6418
6419 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6420 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6421 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6422 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6423 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6424
6425 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6426 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6427 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6428 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6429 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6430
6431 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6432 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6433 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6434 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6435 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6436 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6437 between haproxy and the server.
6438
6439 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6440 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6441 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6442 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6443 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6444 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6445 solution is to fix the application.
6446
6447 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6448 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6449 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6450 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6451 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6452 external attacks.
6453
6454 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6455 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6456 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6457 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6458 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6459
6460 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6461 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6462 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6463 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6464 containing unauthorized characters.
6465
6466 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6467 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6468 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6469 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6470
6471 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6472 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6473 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6474 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6475
6476 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6477 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6478 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6479 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6480
6481
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064828.6. Non-printable characters
6483-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006484
6485In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6486consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6487converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6488prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6489being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6490escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6491is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6492'}' when logging headers.
6493
6494Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6495issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6496containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6497
6498Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6499the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6500performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6501
6502
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065038.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6504---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006505
6506Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6507achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006508section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006509cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6510the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6511the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006512locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006513not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6514user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6515a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6516wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6517
6518 Examples :
6519 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6520 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6521
6522 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6523 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6524
6525
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065268.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6527---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006528
6529Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6530proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6531the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6532server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6533
6534Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6535response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006536section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006537
6538It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6539time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6540appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6541are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6542and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6543follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6544request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6545in the logs.
6546
6547 Example :
6548 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6549 listen proxy-out
6550 mode http
6551 option httplog
6552 option logasap
6553 log global
6554 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6555
6556 # log the name of the virtual server
6557 capture request header Host len 20
6558
6559 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6560 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6561
6562 # log the beginning of the referrer
6563 capture request header Referer len 20
6564
6565 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6566 capture response header Server len 20
6567
6568 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6569 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6570
6571 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6572 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6573
6574 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6575 capture response header Via len 20
6576
6577 # log the URL location during a redirection
6578 capture response header Location len 20
6579
6580 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6581 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6582 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6583 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6584 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6585
6586 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6587 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6588 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6589 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6590 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6591
6592 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6593 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6594 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6595 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6596 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6597 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6598
6599
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066008.9. Examples of logs
6601---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006602
6603These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6604them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6605reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6606
6607 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6608 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6609 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6610
6611 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6612 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6613
6614 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6615 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6616 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6617
6618 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6619 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6620
6621 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6622 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6623 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6624
6625 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6626 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6627 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6628 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6629
6630 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6631 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6632 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6633
6634 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6635 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6636 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6637 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6638 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6639 to return the 502 and not the server.
6640
6641 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6642 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6643
6644 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6645 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6646 Nothing was sent to any server.
6647
6648 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6649 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6650
6651 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6652 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6653 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6654 send a 408 return code to the client.
6655
6656 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6657 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6658
6659 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6660 5 seconds ("c----").
6661
6662 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6663 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6664 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6665
6666 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006667 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006668 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6669 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6670 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6671 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6672 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006673
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006674
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066759. Statistics and monitoring
6676----------------------------
6677
6678It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6679mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6680CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6681Unix socket.
6682
6683
66849.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006685---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006686
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006687The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6688page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6689
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006690 0. pxname: proxy name
6691 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6692 for server)
6693 2. qcur: current queued requests
6694 3. qmax: max queued requests
6695 4. scur: current sessions
6696 5. smax: max sessions
6697 6. slim: sessions limit
6698 7. stot: total sessions
6699 8. bin: bytes in
6700 9. bout: bytes out
6701 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006702 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006703 12. ereq: request errors
6704 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006705 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006706 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6707 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6708 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6709 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6710 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6711 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6712 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6713 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6714 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6715 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6716 25. qlimit: queue limit
6717 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6718 27. iid: unique proxy id
6719 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6720 29. throttle: warm up status
6721 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6722 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006723 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006724 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6725 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6726 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006727 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6728 UNK -> unknown
6729 INI -> initializing
6730 SOCKERR -> socket error
6731 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6732 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6733 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6734 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6735 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6736 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6737 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6738 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6739 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6740 disable-on-404
6741 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6742 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6743 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6744 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6745 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5fb18822009-10-13 21:14:09 +02006746 39. hrsp_1xx: http responces with 1xx code
6747 40. hrsp_2xx: http responces with 2xx code
6748 41. hrsp_3xx: http responces with 3xx code
6749 42. hrsp_4xx: http responces with 4xx code
6750 43. hrsp_5xx: http responces with 5xx code
6751 44. hrsp_other: http responces with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006752
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006753
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067549.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006755-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006756
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006757The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006758must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6759is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6760a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6761risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6762followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6763given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6764then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6765to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006766
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006767It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6768on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6769own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006770
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006771help
6772 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6773 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006774
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006775prompt
6776 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6777 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6778 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6779 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6780 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6781 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6782 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6783 command.
6784
6785quit
6786 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006787
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006788show errors [<iid>]
6789 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6790 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006791 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
6792 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
6793 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006794
6795 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6796 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6797 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6798 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6799 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6800 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6801 are reported too.
6802
6803 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6804 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6805 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6806 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6807 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6808 code.
6809
6810 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6811 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6812 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6813 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6814 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6815 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6816 line.
6817
6818 Example :
6819 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6820 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6821 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6822 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6823
6824 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6825 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6826 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6827 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6828 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6829 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6830 00204+ minal\r\n
6831 00211 \r\n
6832
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006833 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006834 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6835 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6836 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6837 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6838 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6839 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006840
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006841show info
6842 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6843
6844show sess
6845 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006846 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
6847 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
6848
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006849
6850show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6851 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6852 possible to dump only selected items :
6853 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6854 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6855 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6856 for example:
6857 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6858 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6859 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6860
6861 Example :
6862 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6863 Name: HAProxy
6864 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6865 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6866 Nbproc: 1
6867 Process_num: 1
6868 (...)
6869
6870 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6871 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6872 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6873 (...)
6874 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6875
6876 $
6877
6878 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6879 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6880 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6881 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
6882 the reader knows the output has not been trucated.
6883
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006884clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006885 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
6886 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
6887 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006888 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
6889 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006890
6891clear counters all
6892 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006893 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
6894 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
6895
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006896get weight <backend>/<server>
6897 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
6898 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
6899 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02006900 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
6901 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
6902 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006903
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02006904set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
6905 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
6906 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
6907 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
6908 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
6909 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
6910 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
6911 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
6912 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
6913 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
6914 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
6915 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02006916 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
6917 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
6918 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02006919
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006920
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006921/*
6922 * Local variables:
6923 * fill-column: 79
6924 * End:
6925 */